<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://litwiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=NadineEpperson</id>
	<title>LitWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://litwiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=NadineEpperson"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/NadineEpperson"/>
	<updated>2026-04-25T05:10:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13248</id>
		<title>Categorizing Posts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13248"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T14:04:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Categories-Tags.jpg|thumb|right| The difference between categories and tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A blog is organized and structured using categories&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tom Ewer&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and tags&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;How to Use Tags&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Readers searching for information written on a broad topic will benefit from categories. Those readers looking for a more specific topic will find tags to be more useful because they narrow down the information to a particular topic. Categories and tags will help readers navigate a blog&#039;s content easily to find the information they are looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories] give readers a broad overview of what kind of content a blog holds so that they can decide if the blog holds the right information for them. When choosing a category for a post, bloggers need to consider the readers that will visit their blog and what needs they might have. Bloggers must find the balance of being specific with a category so that the kind of information it holds is clear without being too broad. Readers must be able to look at categories within a blog and know right away if they are in the right place. One thing bloggers must be cautious about when choosing a category is that they have more than one post that can fit under that category. Displaying a single post within a category will give the readers the impression that the blogger does not know a lot about that subject. On the other hand, a blogger doesn&#039;t want to make a category so strong and filled with too much information that it will need it&#039;s own blog site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tags ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tags are similar to [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ &amp;quot;keywords&amp;quot;] and help readers find a specific topic within a category. Tags help readers identify specific information within a particular post. Posts can have many tags which allow them to be categorized with other posts to make it easier for readers to navigate a blog. A tag name must be specific. For example, if a blog post is about &amp;quot;How to make home made pizza,&amp;quot; you would put it under a &amp;quot;cooking&amp;quot; category but one of the tags would be &amp;quot;pizza.&amp;quot; Readers can find the tag links under each post. By clicking on the tag links, readers will be taken to an archive where every post related to that tag can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descriptive Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories should [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ describe] to readers what content they hold without a huge explanation. With each category bloggers create, they must keep in mind the overall [[Narrowcasting|focus]] of their blog and what their readers are looking for. By choosing the right category, you can make it obvious to readers what kind of posts your blog holds. Bloggers have the difficult task of finding the happy medium between a category being too broad or too specific in their description. If the category is too specific it leaves the reader with less choices. However, if it is too broad it will make it difficult for a reader to find what they are looking for and they will move on. When bloggers are brainstorming about how to describe their categories they should keep in mind how it will appear in a search engine. A blog&#039;s categories and tags will help readers find the blog they are looking for when using search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ An Overview of Blog categories] About.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). Writing for Digital Media. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 4 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories versus Tags] Lorelle On WordPress Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ewer, Tom.[https://managewp.com/wordpress-categories-tags-seo The Right Way to Use Categories and Tags in WordPress to Boost SEO]. &#039;&#039;Manage WP&#039;&#039;. 12 September 2012. Web. 9 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/using_tags How to Use Tags]. &#039;&#039;Tumblr&#039;&#039;. Web.9 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://frontlinecopy.com/2013/02/how-to-use-categories-tags-keywords-in-your-green-business-blog/ How to use categories, tags &amp;amp; keywords in your green business blog] Frontlinecopy.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ Making Blog Categories More Useful] Wired Impact Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13247</id>
		<title>Categorizing Posts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13247"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T14:03:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Categories-Tags.jpg|thumb|right| The difference between categories and tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A blog is organized and structured using categories&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://managewp.com/wordpress-categories-tags-seo&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and tags&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/using_tags&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Readers searching for information written on a broad topic will benefit from categories. Those readers looking for a more specific topic will find tags to be more useful because they narrow down the information to a particular topic. Categories and tags will help readers navigate a blog&#039;s content easily to find the information they are looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories] give readers a broad overview of what kind of content a blog holds so that they can decide if the blog holds the right information for them. When choosing a category for a post, bloggers need to consider the readers that will visit their blog and what needs they might have. Bloggers must find the balance of being specific with a category so that the kind of information it holds is clear without being too broad. Readers must be able to look at categories within a blog and know right away if they are in the right place. One thing bloggers must be cautious about when choosing a category is that they have more than one post that can fit under that category. Displaying a single post within a category will give the readers the impression that the blogger does not know a lot about that subject. On the other hand, a blogger doesn&#039;t want to make a category so strong and filled with too much information that it will need it&#039;s own blog site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tags ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tags are similar to [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ &amp;quot;keywords&amp;quot;] and help readers find a specific topic within a category. Tags help readers identify specific information within a particular post. Posts can have many tags which allow them to be categorized with other posts to make it easier for readers to navigate a blog. A tag name must be specific. For example, if a blog post is about &amp;quot;How to make home made pizza,&amp;quot; you would put it under a &amp;quot;cooking&amp;quot; category but one of the tags would be &amp;quot;pizza.&amp;quot; Readers can find the tag links under each post. By clicking on the tag links, readers will be taken to an archive where every post related to that tag can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descriptive Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories should [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ describe] to readers what content they hold without a huge explanation. With each category bloggers create, they must keep in mind the overall [[Narrowcasting|focus]] of their blog and what their readers are looking for. By choosing the right category, you can make it obvious to readers what kind of posts your blog holds. Bloggers have the difficult task of finding the happy medium between a category being too broad or too specific in their description. If the category is too specific it leaves the reader with less choices. However, if it is too broad it will make it difficult for a reader to find what they are looking for and they will move on. When bloggers are brainstorming about how to describe their categories they should keep in mind how it will appear in a search engine. A blog&#039;s categories and tags will help readers find the blog they are looking for when using search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ An Overview of Blog categories] About.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). Writing for Digital Media. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 4 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories versus Tags] Lorelle On WordPress Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ewer, Tom.[https://managewp.com/wordpress-categories-tags-seo The Right Way to Use Categories and Tags in WordPress to Boost SEO]. &#039;&#039;Manage WP&#039;&#039;. 12 September 2012. Web. 9 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/using_tags How to Use Tags]. &#039;&#039;Tumblr&#039;&#039;. Web.9 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://frontlinecopy.com/2013/02/how-to-use-categories-tags-keywords-in-your-green-business-blog/ How to use categories, tags &amp;amp; keywords in your green business blog] Frontlinecopy.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ Making Blog Categories More Useful] Wired Impact Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13227</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13227"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:40:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to pick a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, may be enough for your blog. However, be aware of the terms of service. If you want to maintain functionality with a little more design, choose a custom theme. Picking a free theme has its advantages, but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites, and each provides a different method of applying a theme.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme you choose, it may entail editing HTML or saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13215</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13215"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:33:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Focus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Blogging is a platform that &amp;quot;democratiz[es] the means of production&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Boal, Augusto&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Augusto_Boal Augusto Boal&#039;s] revolutionary text pertaining to his participatory theatre project, [http://mellonseminaremotions.wikispaces.com/file/view/Boal+Agusto-Theatre+of+the+Oppressed.pdf The Theatre of the Oppressed],  explores methods that are relevant to how the Internet provides the platform, or stage, for decentralized content. So in this vein, blog writing requires attention to focus, organization, and writing style in order for the college student&#039;s product to thrive in the new media realm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include [[Choosing Your Topic|choosing a topic]], [[Research Methods|researching]], setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carroll, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]] because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible and appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Before students begin working on their writing for digital media, it is necessary that they have a complete understanding of basic writing skills. The qualities found on [http://mca.maconstate.edu/faculty/lucas/ Dr. Gerald Lucas&#039;] foundational writing rubric outline all the requirements of an acceptable fundamental understanding of writing for digital or print media. College bloggers in must demonstrate these skills in every facet of their writing online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading gives credibility to your document and ensures that you will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Boal, Augusto. (2005). [http://www.democracynow.org/2005/6/3/famed_brazilian_artist_augusto_boal_on Famed Brazilian Artist Augusto Boal on the &amp;quot;Theatre of the Oppressed&amp;quot;]. Democracy Now: A Daily Independent Global News Hour with Amy Goodman &amp;amp; Juan González. Retrieved 1 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13214</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13214"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:33:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Themes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Blogging is a platform that &amp;quot;democratiz[es] the means of production&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Boal, Augusto&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Augusto_Boal Augusto Boal&#039;s] revolutionary text pertaining to his participatory theatre project, [http://mellonseminaremotions.wikispaces.com/file/view/Boal+Agusto-Theatre+of+the+Oppressed.pdf The Theatre of the Oppressed],  explores methods that are relevant to how the Internet provides the platform, or stage, for decentralized content. So in this vein, blog writing requires attention to focus, organization, and writing style in order for the college student&#039;s product to thrive in the new media realm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include [[Choosing Your Topic|choosing a topic]], [[Research Methods|researching]], setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]] because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible and appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Before students begin working on their writing for digital media, it is necessary that they have a complete understanding of basic writing skills. The qualities found on [http://mca.maconstate.edu/faculty/lucas/ Dr. Gerald Lucas&#039;] foundational writing rubric outline all the requirements of an acceptable fundamental understanding of writing for digital or print media. College bloggers in must demonstrate these skills in every facet of their writing online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading gives credibility to your document and ensures that you will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Boal, Augusto. (2005). [http://www.democracynow.org/2005/6/3/famed_brazilian_artist_augusto_boal_on Famed Brazilian Artist Augusto Boal on the &amp;quot;Theatre of the Oppressed&amp;quot;]. Democracy Now: A Daily Independent Global News Hour with Amy Goodman &amp;amp; Juan González. Retrieved 1 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13212</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13212"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:32:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Blogging is a platform that &amp;quot;democratiz[es] the means of production&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Boal, Augusto&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Augusto_Boal Augusto Boal&#039;s] revolutionary text pertaining to his participatory theatre project, [http://mellonseminaremotions.wikispaces.com/file/view/Boal+Agusto-Theatre+of+the+Oppressed.pdf The Theatre of the Oppressed],  explores methods that are relevant to how the Internet provides the platform, or stage, for decentralized content. So in this vein, blog writing requires attention to focus, organization, and writing style in order for the college student&#039;s product to thrive in the new media realm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include [[Choosing Your Topic|choosing a topic]], [[Research Methods|researching]], setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]] because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible and appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Before students begin working on their writing for digital media, it is necessary that they have a complete understanding of basic writing skills. The qualities found on [http://mca.maconstate.edu/faculty/lucas/ Dr. Gerald Lucas&#039;] foundational writing rubric outline all the requirements of an acceptable fundamental understanding of writing for digital or print media. College bloggers in must demonstrate these skills in every facet of their writing online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading gives credibility to your document and ensures that you will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Boal, Augusto. (2005). [http://www.democracynow.org/2005/6/3/famed_brazilian_artist_augusto_boal_on Famed Brazilian Artist Augusto Boal on the &amp;quot;Theatre of the Oppressed&amp;quot;]. Democracy Now: A Daily Independent Global News Hour with Amy Goodman &amp;amp; Juan González. Retrieved 1 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Lists&amp;diff=13207</id>
		<title>Lists</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Lists&amp;diff=13207"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:29:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list is a number of connected items or names written or printed consecutively, typically one below the other &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Lists&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. According to Brian Carroll in &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;, lists are another way that web users can emphasize certain important information or help readers follow a particular sequence. Lists can help divide the text and highlight key points in a blogs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ThreeTypesofListsinWord_thumb.png |thumb|upright=1.5| http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/ThreeTypesofListsinWord_thumb.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Guidelines For Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers must present all items consistently, including approximate length, structure, phrasing, spacing, indentation, punctuation, cap styles, and font. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Make each item in the list grammatically similar in order to enhance the aesthetic appeal for the intended audience.&lt;br /&gt;
*  Ensure sentence structure, verb tense, and phrasing are consistent.&lt;br /&gt;
*  Do not over-punctuate. &lt;br /&gt;
**A good general rule is to punctuate only with commas when the items in the list are not written in complete sentences; Use semi-colons if the items are complete sentences&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why Lists Work==&lt;br /&gt;
Muhammad Saleem writes that, &amp;quot;Simply put, lists work because they conform to the idea of &#039;&#039;Left-Brain Marketing&#039;&#039;. Everyone has two sides of the brain and each part controls a specific way of thinking. The left brain is analytical, and prefers a step-by-step approach (i.e. lists) while the right brain prefers to see the big picture first and then deal with the details later.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Saleem, Muhammad &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This type of thought process helps to create a successful blog with a higher rate of return readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Order of Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
The sequence of the list is an important consideration when presenting the elements in the list. In some cases you may want to number the parts of the lists or use bullet points to present the information in a way that makes the sequence clear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to avoid when using Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid overusing lists. &lt;br /&gt;
**Too many lists take away from the impact that the list will have on the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid using over six to eight items. &lt;br /&gt;
**Too many items on a list can cause the reader to lose interest. Think about sub-dividing longer lists and consolidating shorter ones.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples of Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers can use many different types of lists but should ensure they are relevant to the blog. So, consider the content matter before attempting to list information. For example, if you want to formally highlight certain dates a blogger can use chronological numbered lists, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 1.) 01/01/2013&lt;br /&gt;
* 2.) 01/02/2013&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.) 01/03/2013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a blogger wants to highlight some information informally, use a list that contains bullet points. Again, lists can be created in many different ways, but the key to creating a successful list is to make sure that the highlighted information is important enough to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;References&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  29 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lists. Google.com. Google.com, 2012. Web. 03 Apr. 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#Saleem, Muhammad. (2007). [http://www.copyblogger.com/writing-lists/]. Retrieved 7 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/References&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13205</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13205"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:28:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:header_words_sample.gif|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and subheaders are visual representations of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Scan-ability]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Brian Carroll&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Writing Spaces &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity]] === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the header and subheader should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheaders should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a larger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fishman, Hirsch. [http://www.custom-wordpress-web-design.com/2009/06/how-to-create-usable-titles-and-sub-headers/ 10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers]. &#039;&#039;Addicott&#039;&#039;. Web RSS. 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sophia.org/headings-subheadings-tutorial Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings]. &#039;&#039;Sophia&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!] &#039;&#039;Writing Spaces&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/BlogHeader.htm What Is a Blog Header?] &#039;&#039;About.com Blogging&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13202</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13202"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:27:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Scan-ability */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:header_words_sample.gif|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and subheaders are visual representations of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Scan-ability]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Brian Carroll&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Writing Spaces &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity]] === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the header and subheader should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheaders should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a larger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fishman, Hirsch. [http://www.custom-wordpress-web-design.com/2009/06/how-to-create-usable-titles-and-sub-headers/ 10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers]. &#039;&#039;Addicott&#039;&#039;. Web RSS. 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sophia.org/headings-subheadings-tutorial Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings]. &#039;&#039;Sophia&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!] &#039;&#039;Writing Spaces&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/BlogHeader.htm What Is a Blog Header?] &#039;&#039;About.com Blogging&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13201</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13201"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:26:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:header_words_sample.gif|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and subheaders are visual representations of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Scan-ability]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, Brian. Writing for digital media. Routledge, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &amp;lt;http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity]] === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the header and subheader should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheaders should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a larger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fishman, Hirsch. [http://www.custom-wordpress-web-design.com/2009/06/how-to-create-usable-titles-and-sub-headers/ 10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers]. &#039;&#039;Addicott&#039;&#039;. Web RSS. 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sophia.org/headings-subheadings-tutorial Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings]. &#039;&#039;Sophia&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!] &#039;&#039;Writing Spaces&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/BlogHeader.htm What Is a Blog Header?] &#039;&#039;About.com Blogging&#039;&#039;. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13196</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13196"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:20:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Brevity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:header_words_sample.gif|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and subheaders are visual representations of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Scan-ability]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, Brian. Writing for digital media. Routledge, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &amp;lt;http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity]] === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the header and subheader should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheaders should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a larger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Fishman, Hirsch. &amp;quot;10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers.&amp;quot; Addicott Web RSS. N.p., 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings.&amp;quot; Sophia. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;What Is a Blog Header?&amp;quot; About.com Blogging. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13195</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=13195"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Organization */ changed &amp;quot;headings&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;headers&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:header_words_sample.gif|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and subheaders are visual representations of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Scan-ability]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, Brian. Writing for digital media. Routledge, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &amp;lt;http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity]] === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the heading and subheading should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheadings should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a larger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Fishman, Hirsch. &amp;quot;10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers.&amp;quot; Addicott Web RSS. N.p., 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings.&amp;quot; Sophia. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;What Is a Blog Header?&amp;quot; About.com Blogging. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13194</id>
		<title>Categorizing Posts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13194"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:17:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* References */  alphabetical order&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A blog is organized and structured using categories&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://managewp.com/wordpress-categories-tags-seo&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and tags&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/using_tags&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Readers searching for information written on a broad topic will benefit from categories. Those readers looking for a more specific topic will find tags to be more useful because they narrow down the information to a particular topic. Categories and tags will help readers navigate a blog&#039;s content easily to find the information they are looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Categories-Tags.jpg|thumb|right|alt Frontline.com]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories] give readers a broad overview of what kind of content a blog holds so that they can decide if the blog holds the right information for them. When choosing a category for a post, bloggers need to consider the readers that will visit their blog and what needs they might have. Bloggers must find the balance of being specific with a category so that the kind of information it holds is clear without being too broad. Readers must be able to look at categories within a blog and know right away if they are in the right place. One thing bloggers must be cautious about when choosing a category is that they have more than one post that can fit under that category. Displaying a single post within a category will give the readers the impression that the blogger does not know a lot about that subject. On the other hand, a blogger doesn&#039;t want to make a category so strong and filled with too much information that it will need it&#039;s own blog site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tags ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tags are similar to [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ &amp;quot;keywords&amp;quot;] and help readers find a specific topic within a category. Tags help readers identify specific information within a particular post. Posts can have many tags which allow them to be categorized with other posts to make it easier for readers to navigate a blog. A tag name must be specific. For example, if a blog post is about &amp;quot;How to make home made pizza,&amp;quot; you would put it under a &amp;quot;cooking&amp;quot; category but one of the tags would be &amp;quot;pizza.&amp;quot; Readers can find the tag links under each post. By clicking on the tag links, readers will be taken to an archive where every post related to that tag can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descriptive Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories should [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ describe] to readers what content they hold without a huge explanation. With each category bloggers create, they must keep in mind the overall [[Narrowcasting|focus]] of their blog and what their readers are looking for. By choosing the right category, you can make it obvious to readers what kind of posts your blog holds. Bloggers have the difficult task of finding the happy medium between a category being too broad or too specific in their description. If the category is too specific it leaves the reader with less choices. However, if it is too broad it will make it difficult for a reader to find what they are looking for and they will move on. When bloggers are brainstorming about how to describe their categories they should keep in mind how it will appear in a search engine. A blog&#039;s categories and tags will help readers find the blog they are looking for when using search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ An Overview of Blog categories] About.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). Writing for Digital Media. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 4 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories versus Tags] Lorelle On WordPress Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://frontlinecopy.com/2013/02/how-to-use-categories-tags-keywords-in-your-green-business-blog/ How to use categories, tags &amp;amp; keywords in your green business blog] Frontlinecopy.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ Making Blog Categories More Useful] Wired Impact Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13192</id>
		<title>Categorizing Posts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=13192"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:15:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Descriptive Categories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A blog is organized and structured using categories&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://managewp.com/wordpress-categories-tags-seo&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and tags&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/using_tags&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Readers searching for information written on a broad topic will benefit from categories. Those readers looking for a more specific topic will find tags to be more useful because they narrow down the information to a particular topic. Categories and tags will help readers navigate a blog&#039;s content easily to find the information they are looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Categories-Tags.jpg|thumb|right|alt Frontline.com]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories] give readers a broad overview of what kind of content a blog holds so that they can decide if the blog holds the right information for them. When choosing a category for a post, bloggers need to consider the readers that will visit their blog and what needs they might have. Bloggers must find the balance of being specific with a category so that the kind of information it holds is clear without being too broad. Readers must be able to look at categories within a blog and know right away if they are in the right place. One thing bloggers must be cautious about when choosing a category is that they have more than one post that can fit under that category. Displaying a single post within a category will give the readers the impression that the blogger does not know a lot about that subject. On the other hand, a blogger doesn&#039;t want to make a category so strong and filled with too much information that it will need it&#039;s own blog site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tags ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tags are similar to [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ &amp;quot;keywords&amp;quot;] and help readers find a specific topic within a category. Tags help readers identify specific information within a particular post. Posts can have many tags which allow them to be categorized with other posts to make it easier for readers to navigate a blog. A tag name must be specific. For example, if a blog post is about &amp;quot;How to make home made pizza,&amp;quot; you would put it under a &amp;quot;cooking&amp;quot; category but one of the tags would be &amp;quot;pizza.&amp;quot; Readers can find the tag links under each post. By clicking on the tag links, readers will be taken to an archive where every post related to that tag can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descriptive Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories should [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ describe] to readers what content they hold without a huge explanation. With each category bloggers create, they must keep in mind the overall [[Narrowcasting|focus]] of their blog and what their readers are looking for. By choosing the right category, you can make it obvious to readers what kind of posts your blog holds. Bloggers have the difficult task of finding the happy medium between a category being too broad or too specific in their description. If the category is too specific it leaves the reader with less choices. However, if it is too broad it will make it difficult for a reader to find what they are looking for and they will move on. When bloggers are brainstorming about how to describe their categories they should keep in mind how it will appear in a search engine. A blog&#039;s categories and tags will help readers find the blog they are looking for when using search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Carroll, Brian. (2010). Writing for Digital Media. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 4 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. [http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories versus Tags] Lorelle On WordPress Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ Making Blog Categories More Useful] Wired Impact Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ An Overview of Blog categories] About.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. [http://frontlinecopy.com/2013/02/how-to-use-categories-tags-keywords-in-your-green-business-blog/ How to use categories, tags &amp;amp; keywords in your green business blog] Frontlinecopy.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=13187</id>
		<title>Links</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=13187"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:03:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13118 by AmyRehner (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information. An article by Lee Munroe of [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ Smashing Magazine] quoted [http://webstandardistas.com/ Web Standardistas] saying &amp;quot;“without hypertext links the Web wouldn’t be the Web, it would simply be a collection of separate, unconnected pages.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Lee Munroe&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Credibility===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Readers come to the internet for information. Even if the content is  purely for entertainment purposes, the author is still expected to present accurate, well-supported information. Blog writing is not exempt from this requirement. More and more people go to blogs everyday to find information. According to researchers Thomas J. Johnson and Barbara K. Kaye, blog readers are &amp;quot;seeking out information to support their views and are likely to consider information they receive from blogs as highly credible.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Johnson and Kaye&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Providing attribution for evidence and quotes that support your position can easily be accomplished by using hyperlinks. According to [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm About.com] guide Jennifer Kyrnin, &amp;quot;Don&#039;t forget, even eminent scientists provide bibliographies on their papers and journal entries. By linking to sites outside of your own site, you show that you have done the research on the topic and really do know what you&#039;re talking about.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jennifer Kyrnin&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Hyperlinks can also be used to provide context for a post.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These links can give reference to why a post is relevant within the topic, how the author gathers information, and where the authors views originated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Interactivity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using hyperlinks, the goal is to reward readers with something extra or another dimension to the story. This is generally referred to as [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability#Layering_content &amp;quot;layering.&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 37&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By doing this, you allow your reader to move around from story to story, link to other sources, and even explore alternative subjects. No other medium provides for this. According to Carroll, &amp;quot;We should link to related content to allow the reader to pursue the subject rather than simply moving to the next story.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 38&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot; By including these links, you give the readers a feeling of control. They are not required to wait until the end of the story. Instead, they can pursue what interest them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What are Links==&lt;br /&gt;
Links can be addictive. Because of this, writers should be intentional about what content contains links, and where these links lead. According to &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039; by Brian Carroll, &amp;quot;Before linking to another site, ask what the reward for following that link will be for the reader. This consideration will prevent gratuitous linking.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sources=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sources can include supporting documents, empirical data, corroborating accounts, definitions of words, explanations, maps, etc. When referencing a person, link to that person&#039;s page. When talking about a movie, link to the trailer. Keep in mind that common knowledge to the author may be foreign to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Embedded links===&lt;br /&gt;
Embedded links are the most common type of link. These link to other web pages outside of your blog. Using external links is useful in giving access to evidence that verifies the information presented in your blog, or provided related reading material. The link is designated by a &amp;quot;hot area&amp;quot; identified by a word or object. According to [http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/H/hot_spot.html Webopedia], a hot area is  &amp;quot;an area of a graphics object, or a section of text, that activates a function when selected. Hot spots are particularly common in multimedia applications, where selecting a hot spot can make the application display a picture, run a video, or open a new window of information.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inline links===&lt;br /&gt;
Inline links do not take the reader off the page. These links display content that is located somewhere else on the web, but they do not require the user to navigate away from the blog. The most common types of inline links are pictures and videos. The author displays these graphics on his or her page, but acknowledges that they originated elsewhere on the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anchors===&lt;br /&gt;
Like inline links, anchors do not send readers elsewhere. Instead, these links connect the reader to other sections of the page. [http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Weebly support center] says, &amp;quot;Anchor links enable you to link directly from one part of a page to another&amp;quot; One of the most anchor links is a link to the home page. As bloggers, we should keep in mind that not all users access each page through the home page. Providing a link to the homepage gives access to the rest of your content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTML ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating hypertext with HTML can be done with a simple code. The HTML link syntax looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;url&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Link text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: To link to a page about linking, I would use this code &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Links&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. It would then appear as: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0 Links]. This HTML code will work on websites that support HTML coding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New tab==== &lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes it&#039;s beneficial to have hyperlinks open a new tab or window. The HTML code for opening the link in another tab looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp Anchor text]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New window==== &lt;br /&gt;
The HTML code for opening the link in another window looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;new&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://dummies.bloggertipsandtricks.com/2006/03/how-to-make-clickable-link.html Anchor Text]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Alternative codes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important to remember that various websites will have their own method of adding a hyperlink to a post. For example, this wiki does not use the HTML code shown above. Instead, hyperlinks are shown by placing a url in standard brackets and then simply typing the word you wish to display. It looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]. When working with various websites, take the time to figure out how each site supports hyperlinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Link button === &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Links.jpg|thumb|Link button]]&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical user interface is a wonderful thing. Because of this, many blog sites don&#039;t require users to write HTML code. These sites offer a method of linking with the click of a button. This button is most often a graphic representation of a chain linked together.&lt;br /&gt;
To use this button, simply highlight the text you wish to link, click the link graphic and insert a url. If you want to remove a link from a word or set of words, highlight the text and click the broken chain graphic. This will remove the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unambiguous linking ===&lt;br /&gt;
When incorporating hyperlinks into a blog post, make sure that any linked text leads to an obvious destination. Readers should always have a clear idea of where each link will take them. Ben Hunt from [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Web Design from Scratch] said, &amp;quot;To help users browse with confidence, web links should be absolutely clear and explicit.&amp;quot; Ambiguous links may lead to a loss of credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contrast ===&lt;br /&gt;
Many blog sites or themes have a default color for hyperlinks. Blue is no longer the only option, but sometimes customization is impossible within a theme. If customization is possible, be sure to choose a color for hypertext that will stand out. Contrast is important so that users can tell which words are or are not links. According to Gary Swift of [http://www.designmatrix.com/index.html DesignMatriX.com], &amp;quot;Choose hyperlink (anchor) colors that contrast against the normal text color, with unvisited links brighter (hotter) than visited links. Within a set of related hypertext documents, use these link colors consistently. For Web sites this generally means the entire site.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Gary Swift&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menus ===&lt;br /&gt;
One option for incorporating links is to create a sidebar or menu on the page that leads to supporting information. When using [http://wordpress.com/  Wordpress] adding a menu is relatively simple depending on the theme. To find out if your theme supports menus, go to your blog&#039;s dashboard and go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance --&amp;gt; Menus.&#039;&#039;&#039; Wordpress provides a [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ tutorial] on how to customize the menu in various ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How not to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Punctuation marks===&lt;br /&gt;
When highlighting a word or phrase to link, make sure to exclude all punctuation marks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[[Headers and Sub-headers| headlines and sub-headers]]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should stand on their own. It is both distracting and unnecessary to link the title to another page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Long phrases === &lt;br /&gt;
To put it simply, long, hyperlinked phrases do not get read. Whether the phrase is underlined or displayed in a darker color, it is difficult to read a full sentence that contains a hyperlink. Remember that users don&#039;t read, [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability they scan]. Stick with 1-2 words or the title of whatever you&#039;re referencing. [http://www.asdfsdfreresdferer.com/ If you&#039;re link looks anything like this, there&#039;s good change that you&#039;re doing it wrong. This link is much too long and leads to nothing.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Labels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlinks should not show up as labels that simply point to content. &amp;quot;Click here&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Additional information&amp;quot; is ambiguous and does not provide any useful information for the reader.[http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click here for more information about this common error!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Broken links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This concept is relatively self-explanatory, but it is nevertheless a common mistake. Be careful to check the destination of each link before publishing a post. Broken links frustrate the readers and can damage the credibility of the writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Anchor Links]. &#039;&#039;Weebly&#039;&#039; Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Carroll, Brian. (2010). &#039;&#039;[http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]&#039;&#039;. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 3 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Help: Cheatsheet.] &#039;&#039;Wikipedia.&#039;&#039; 30 March 2013. Web. 3 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp HTML Links.] &#039;&#039;w3Schools&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Hunt, Ben. [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Clear Web Hyperlinks] &#039;&#039;Web Design from Scratch&#039;&#039;. Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, Thomas J. and Kaye, Barbara K. &amp;quot;Cruising is Believing?&amp;quot; Comparing Internet and Traditional Sources on Media Credibility Measures,&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;Journalism &amp;amp; Mass Communication Quarterly&#039;&#039;, 75,(1998): 325-40&lt;br /&gt;
# Kyrnin, Jennifer. [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm Why and How to Use External Links.] &#039;&#039;About.com&#039;&#039; Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Munroe, Lee. [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ The Definitive Guide To Styling Web Links.] &#039;&#039;Smashing Magazine&#039;&#039; 13 February, 2013. Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ Support: Custom Menus.] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Swift, Gary. [http://www.designmatrix.com/pl/cyberpl/www/clc.html Consistent Link Colors.] &#039;&#039;DesignMatriX&#039;&#039; 22 September, 2012. Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Thatcher, James. [http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click Here and Other Link Text.] &#039;&#039;Jim Thatcher.&#039;&#039; 2 May 2011. Web. 3 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=13185</id>
		<title>Links</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=13185"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:02:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13120 by AmyRehner (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information. An article by Lee Munroe of [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ Smashing Magazine] quoted [http://webstandardistas.com/ Web Standardistas] saying &amp;quot;“without hypertext links the Web wouldn’t be the Web, it would simply be a collection of separate, unconnected pages.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Lee Munroe&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:links.png|thumb|upright=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Credibility===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Readers come to the internet for information. Even if the content is  purely for entertainment purposes, the author is still expected to present accurate, well-supported information. Blog writing is not exempt from this requirement. More and more people go to blogs everyday to find information. According to researchers Thomas J. Johnson and Barbara K. Kaye, blog readers are &amp;quot;seeking out information to support their views and are likely to consider information they receive from blogs as highly credible.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Johnson and Kaye&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Providing attribution for evidence and quotes that support your position can easily be accomplished by using hyperlinks. According to [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm About.com] guide Jennifer Kyrnin, &amp;quot;Don&#039;t forget, even eminent scientists provide bibliographies on their papers and journal entries. By linking to sites outside of your own site, you show that you have done the research on the topic and really do know what you&#039;re talking about.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jennifer Kyrnin&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Hyperlinks can also be used to provide context for a post.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These links can give reference to why a post is relevant within the topic, how the author gathers information, and where the authors views originated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Interactivity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using hyperlinks, the goal is to reward readers with something extra or another dimension to the story. This is generally referred to as [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability#Layering_content &amp;quot;layering.&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 37&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By doing this, you allow your reader to move around from story to story, link to other sources, and even explore alternative subjects. No other medium provides for this. According to Carroll, &amp;quot;We should link to related content to allow the reader to pursue the subject rather than simply moving to the next story.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 38&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot; By including these links, you give the readers a feeling of control. They are not required to wait until the end of the story. Instead, they can pursue what interest them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What are Links==&lt;br /&gt;
Links can be addictive. Because of this, writers should be intentional about what content contains links, and where these links lead. According to &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039; by Brian Carroll, &amp;quot;Before linking to another site, ask what the reward for following that link will be for the reader. This consideration will prevent gratuitous linking.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sources=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sources can include supporting documents, empirical data, corroborating accounts, definitions of words, explanations, maps, etc. When referencing a person, link to that person&#039;s page. When talking about a movie, link to the trailer. Keep in mind that common knowledge to the author may be foreign to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Embedded links===&lt;br /&gt;
Embedded links are the most common type of link. These link to other web pages outside of your blog. Using external links is useful in giving access to evidence that verifies the information presented in your blog, or provided related reading material. The link is designated by a &amp;quot;hot area&amp;quot; identified by a word or object. According to [http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/H/hot_spot.html Webopedia], a hot area is  &amp;quot;an area of a graphics object, or a section of text, that activates a function when selected. Hot spots are particularly common in multimedia applications, where selecting a hot spot can make the application display a picture, run a video, or open a new window of information.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inline links===&lt;br /&gt;
Inline links do not take the reader off the page. These links display content that is located somewhere else on the web, but they do not require the user to navigate away from the blog. The most common types of inline links are pictures and videos. The author displays these graphics on his or her page, but acknowledges that they originated elsewhere on the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anchors===&lt;br /&gt;
Like inline links, anchors do not send readers elsewhere. Instead, these links connect the reader to other sections of the page. [http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Weebly support center] says, &amp;quot;Anchor links enable you to link directly from one part of a page to another&amp;quot; One of the most anchor links is a link to the home page. As bloggers, we should keep in mind that not all users access each page through the home page. Providing a link to the homepage gives access to the rest of your content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTML ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating hypertext with HTML can be done with a simple code. The HTML link syntax looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;url&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Link text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: To link to a page about linking, I would use this code &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Links&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. It would then appear as: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0 Links]. This HTML code will work on websites that support HTML coding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New tab==== &lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes it&#039;s beneficial to have hyperlinks open a new tab or window. The HTML code for opening the link in another tab looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp Anchor text]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New window==== &lt;br /&gt;
The HTML code for opening the link in another window looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;new&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://dummies.bloggertipsandtricks.com/2006/03/how-to-make-clickable-link.html Anchor Text]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Alternative codes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important to remember that various websites will have their own method of adding a hyperlink to a post. For example, this wiki does not use the HTML code shown above. Instead, hyperlinks are shown by placing a url in standard brackets and then simply typing the word you wish to display. It looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]. When working with various websites, take the time to figure out how each site supports hyperlinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Link button === &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Links.jpg|thumb|Link button]]&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical user interface is a wonderful thing. Because of this, many blog sites don&#039;t require users to write HTML code. These sites offer a method of linking with the click of a button. This button is most often a graphic representation of a chain linked together.&lt;br /&gt;
To use this button, simply highlight the text you wish to link, click the link graphic and insert a url. If you want to remove a link from a word or set of words, highlight the text and click the broken chain graphic. This will remove the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unambiguous linking ===&lt;br /&gt;
When incorporating hyperlinks into a blog post, make sure that any linked text leads to an obvious destination. Readers should always have a clear idea of where each link will take them. Ben Hunt from [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Web Design from Scratch] said, &amp;quot;To help users browse with confidence, web links should be absolutely clear and explicit.&amp;quot; Ambiguous links may lead to a loss of credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contrast ===&lt;br /&gt;
Many blog sites or themes have a default color for hyperlinks. Blue is no longer the only option, but sometimes customization is impossible within a theme. If customization is possible, be sure to choose a color for hypertext that will stand out. Contrast is important so that users can tell which words are or are not links. According to Gary Swift of [http://www.designmatrix.com/index.html DesignMatriX.com], &amp;quot;Choose hyperlink (anchor) colors that contrast against the normal text color, with unvisited links brighter (hotter) than visited links. Within a set of related hypertext documents, use these link colors consistently. For Web sites this generally means the entire site.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Gary Swift&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menus ===&lt;br /&gt;
One option for incorporating links is to create a sidebar or menu on the page that leads to supporting information. When using [http://wordpress.com/  Wordpress] adding a menu is relatively simple depending on the theme. To find out if your theme supports menus, go to your blog&#039;s dashboard and go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance --&amp;gt; Menus.&#039;&#039;&#039; Wordpress provides a [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ tutorial] on how to customize the menu in various ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How not to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Punctuation marks===&lt;br /&gt;
When highlighting a word or phrase to link, make sure to exclude all punctuation marks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[[Headers and Sub-headers| headlines and sub-headers]]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should stand on their own. It is both distracting and unnecessary to link the title to another page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Long phrases === &lt;br /&gt;
To put it simply, long, hyperlinked phrases do not get read. Whether the phrase is underlined or displayed in a darker color, it is difficult to read a full sentence that contains a hyperlink. Remember that users don&#039;t read, [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability they scan]. Stick with 1-2 words or the title of whatever you&#039;re referencing. [http://www.asdfsdfreresdferer.com/ If you&#039;re link looks anything like this, there&#039;s good change that you&#039;re doing it wrong. This link is much too long and leads to nothing.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Labels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlinks should not show up as labels that simply point to content. &amp;quot;Click here&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Additional information&amp;quot; is ambiguous and does not provide any useful information for the reader.[http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click here for more information about this common error!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Broken links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This concept is relatively self-explanatory, but it is nevertheless a common mistake. Be careful to check the destination of each link before publishing a post. Broken links frustrate the readers and can damage the credibility of the writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Anchor Links]. &#039;&#039;Weebly&#039;&#039; Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Carroll, Brian. (2010). &#039;&#039;[http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]&#039;&#039;. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 3 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Help: Cheatsheet.] &#039;&#039;Wikipedia.&#039;&#039; 30 March 2013. Web. 3 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp HTML Links.] &#039;&#039;w3Schools&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Hunt, Ben. [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Clear Web Hyperlinks] &#039;&#039;Web Design from Scratch&#039;&#039;. Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, Thomas J. and Kaye, Barbara K. &amp;quot;Cruising is Believing?&amp;quot; Comparing Internet and Traditional Sources on Media Credibility Measures,&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;Journalism &amp;amp; Mass Communication Quarterly&#039;&#039;, 75,(1998): 325-40&lt;br /&gt;
# Kyrnin, Jennifer. [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm Why and How to Use External Links.] &#039;&#039;About.com&#039;&#039; Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Munroe, Lee. [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ The Definitive Guide To Styling Web Links.] &#039;&#039;Smashing Magazine&#039;&#039; 13 February, 2013. Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ Support: Custom Menus.] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Swift, Gary. [http://www.designmatrix.com/pl/cyberpl/www/clc.html Consistent Link Colors.] &#039;&#039;DesignMatriX&#039;&#039; 22 September, 2012. Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Thatcher, James. [http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click Here and Other Link Text.] &#039;&#039;Jim Thatcher.&#039;&#039; 2 May 2011. Web. 3 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13184</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13184"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T13:01:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites, and each provides a different method of applying a theme.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme you choose, it may entail editing HTML or saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13182</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13182"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:58:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Blogger */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites, and each provides a different method of applying a theme.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme you choose, it may entail editing HTML or saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13181</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13181"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:57:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Wordpress */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites, and each provides a different method of applying a theme.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13180</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13180"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:57:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to apply the theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites, and each provides a different method of applying a theme.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13179</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13179"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:56:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to apply the theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. Wordpress and Blogger are two popular blogging websites.[[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13177</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13177"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:55:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Where to get a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple free themes that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13176</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13176"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:54:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Where to get a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for Wordpress can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes], finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme, there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13175</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13175"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:52:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Color &amp;amp; Background */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog. This may include the font or background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13165</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13165"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:43:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13164 by NadineEpperson (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13164</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13164"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:43:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13155 by NadineEpperson (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]]&#039;&#039;&#039; is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine.&#039;&#039;&#039; Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design,&#039;&#039;&#039; choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13159</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13159"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:37:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13158 by NadineEpperson (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13158</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13158"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:37:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: Undo revision 13082 by AmyRehner (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13156</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13156"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:30:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Widgets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13155</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13155"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:30:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to pick a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]] is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design, choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13154</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13154"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:28:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Widgets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog.The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The [[Narrowcasting|focus of the blog]]&#039;&#039;&#039; is the first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine.&#039;&#039;&#039; Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to maintain functionality while creating a little more design,&#039;&#039;&#039; choose a custom theme. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check what widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ mobile themes] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13153</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13153"/>
		<updated>2013-05-03T12:24:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Themes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Blogging is a platform that &amp;quot;democratiz[es] the means of production&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Boal, Augusto&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Augusto_Boal Augusto Boal&#039;s] revolutionary text pertaining to his participatory theatre project, [http://mellonseminaremotions.wikispaces.com/file/view/Boal+Agusto-Theatre+of+the+Oppressed.pdf The Theatre of the Oppressed],  explores methods that are relevant to how the Internet provides the platform, or stage, for decentralized content. So in this vein, blog writing requires attention to focus, organization, and writing style in order for the college student&#039;s product to thrive in the new media realm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include [[Choosing Your Topic|choosing a topic]], [[Research Methods|researching]], setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective and appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]] because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible and appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Before students begin working on their writing for digital media, it is necessary that they have a complete understanding of basic writing skills. The qualities found on [http://mca.maconstate.edu/faculty/lucas/ Dr. Gerald Lucas&#039;] foundational writing rubric outline all the requirements of an acceptable fundamental understanding of writing for digital or print media. College bloggers in must demonstrate these skills in every facet of their writing online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives credibility to your document and prevents readers from getting distracted by mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Boal, Augusto. (2005). [http://www.democracynow.org/2005/6/3/famed_brazilian_artist_augusto_boal_on Famed Brazilian Artist Augusto Boal on the &amp;quot;Theatre of the Oppressed&amp;quot;]. Democracy Now: A Daily Independent Global News Hour with Amy Goodman &amp;amp; Juan González. Retrieved 1 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13009</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=13009"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T18:31:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Themes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13003</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13003"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:45:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to pick a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. The first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video. A good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and ensures that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider is the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom, theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple, professional design, which can be easily modified, is best when picking a theme. However, be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if you&#039;re looking for more support, picking a commercial theme will provide more benefits for a one-time fee. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are compatibility with your focus, search engine optimization, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of [http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-a-widget.htm widgets]. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13002</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13002"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:34:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to pick a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. The first thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13001</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13001"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:33:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to pick a theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13000</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=13000"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:32:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all the options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Picking the [http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12999</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12999"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:19:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to apply the theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Picking the [http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Wordpress ==== &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Blogger====&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. Depending on which theme, it may entail editing HTML and saving the theme in a zipped folder on your desktop.  [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar on different blogging sites not mentioned here. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12998</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12998"/>
		<updated>2013-05-02T13:15:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* How to apply the theme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Picking the [http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. This is an example of the step by step process of applying a theme to a popular blogging site. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For [http://www.wordpress.com Wordpress.com] sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theme installation on [http://www.blogger.com Blogger.com] is slightly more complicated. [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] provides detailed instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar to others found on different blogging sites. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=12951</id>
		<title>Links</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Links&amp;diff=12951"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:52:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information. An article by Lee Munroe of [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ Smashing Magazine] quoted [http://webstandardistas.com/ Web Standardistas] saying &amp;quot;“without hypertext links the Web wouldn’t be the Web, it would simply be a collection of separate, unconnected pages.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Lee Munroe&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Credibility===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Readers come to the internet for information. Even if the content is  purely for entertainment purposes, the author is still expected to present accurate, well-supported information. Blog writing is not exempt from this requirement. More and more people go to blogs everyday to find information. According to researchers Thomas J. Johnson and Barbara K. Kaye, blog readers are &amp;quot;seeking out information to support their views and are likely to consider information they receive from blogs as highly credible.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Johnson and Kaye&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Providing attribution for evidence and quotes that support your position can easily be accomplished by using hyperlinks. According to [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm About.com] guide Jennifer Kyrnin, &amp;quot;Don&#039;t forget, even eminent scientists provide bibliographies on their papers and journal entries. By linking to sites outside of your own site, you show that you have done the research on the topic and really do know what you&#039;re talking about.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jennifer Kyrnin&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Hyperlinks can also be used to provide context for a post.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These links can give reference to why a post is relevant within the topic, how the author gathers information, and where the authors views originated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Interactivity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using hyperlinks, the goal is to reward readers with something extra or another dimension to the story. This is generally referred to as [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability#Layering_content &amp;quot;layering.&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 37&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By doing this, you allow your reader to move around from story to story, link to other sources, and even explore alternative subjects. No other medium provides for this. According to Carroll, &amp;quot;We should link to related content to allow the reader to pursue the subject rather than simply moving to the next story.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 38&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot; By including these links, you give the readers a feeling of control. They are not required to wait until the end of the story. Instead, they can pursue what interest them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What are Links==&lt;br /&gt;
Links can be addictive. Because of this, writers should be intentional about what content contains links, and where these links lead. According to &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039; by Brian Carroll, &amp;quot;Before linking to another site, ask what the reward for following that link will be for the reader. This consideration will prevent gratuitous linking.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Brian Carroll 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sources=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sources can include supporting documents, empirical data, corroborating accounts, definitions of words, explanations, maps, etc. When referencing a person, link to that person&#039;s page. When talking about a movie, link to the trailer. Keep in mind that common knowledge to the author may be foreign to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Embedded links===&lt;br /&gt;
Embedded links are the most common type of link. These link to other web pages outside of your blog. Using external links is useful in giving access to evidence that verifies the information presented in your blog, or provided related reading material. The link is designated by a &amp;quot;hot area&amp;quot; identified by a word or object. According to [http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/H/hot_spot.html Webopedia], a hot area is  &amp;quot;an area of a graphics object, or a section of text, that activates a function when selected. Hot spots are particularly common in multimedia applications, where selecting a hot spot can make the application display a picture, run a video, or open a new window of information.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inline links===&lt;br /&gt;
Inline links do not take the reader off the page. These links display content that is located somewhere else on the web, but they do not require the user to navigate away from the blog. The most common types of inline links are pictures and videos. The author displays these graphics on his or her page, but acknowledges that they originated elsewhere on the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anchors===&lt;br /&gt;
Like inline links, anchors do not send readers elsewhere. Instead, these links connect the reader to other sections of the page. [http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Weebly support center] says, &amp;quot;Anchor links enable you to link directly from one part of a page to another&amp;quot; One of the most anchor links is a link to the home page. As bloggers, we should keep in mind that not all users access each page through the home page. Providing a link to the homepage gives access to the rest of your content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTML ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating hypertext with HTML can be done with a simple code. The HTML link syntax looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;url&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Link text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: To link to a page about linking, I would use this code &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Links&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. It would then appear as: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp#gsc.tab=0 Links]. This HTML code will work on websites that support HTML coding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New tab==== &lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes it&#039;s beneficial to have hyperlinks open a new tab or window. The HTML code for opening the link in another tab looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp Anchor text]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New window==== &lt;br /&gt;
The HTML code for opening the link in another window looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;URL of target site&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;new&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anchor Text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://dummies.bloggertipsandtricks.com/2006/03/how-to-make-clickable-link.html Anchor Text]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Alternative codes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important to remember that various websites will have their own method of adding a hyperlink to a post. For example, this wiki does not use the HTML code shown above. Instead, hyperlinks are shown by placing a url in standard brackets and then simply typing the word you wish to display. It looks like this: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and displays as this: [http://www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia]. When working with various websites, take the time to figure out how each site supports hyperlinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Link button === &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Links.jpg|thumb|Link button]]&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical user interface is a wonderful thing. Because of this, many blog sites don&#039;t require users to write HTML code. These sites offer a method of linking with the click of a button. This button is most often a graphic representation of a chain linked together.&lt;br /&gt;
To use this button, simply highlight the text you wish to link, click the link graphic and insert a url. If you want to remove a link from a word or set of words, highlight the text and click the broken chain graphic. This will remove the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unambiguous linking ===&lt;br /&gt;
When incorporating hyperlinks into a blog post, make sure that any linked text leads to an obvious destination. Readers should always have a clear idea of where each link will take them. Ben Hunt from [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Web Design from Scratch] said, &amp;quot;To help users browse with confidence, web links should be absolutely clear and explicit.&amp;quot; Ambiguous links may lead to a loss of credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contrast ===&lt;br /&gt;
Many blog sites or themes have a default color for hyperlinks. Blue is no longer the only option, but sometimes customization is impossible within a theme. If customization is possible, be sure to choose a color for hypertext that will stand out. Contrast is important so that users can tell which words are or are not links. According to Gary Swift of [http://www.designmatrix.com/index.html DesignMatriX.com], &amp;quot;Choose hyperlink (anchor) colors that contrast against the normal text color, with unvisited links brighter (hotter) than visited links. Within a set of related hypertext documents, use these link colors consistently. For Web sites this generally means the entire site.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Gary Swift&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menus ===&lt;br /&gt;
One option for incorporating links is to create a sidebar or menu on the page that leads to supporting information. When using [http://wordpress.com/  Wordpress] adding a menu is relatively simple depending on the theme. To find out if your theme supports menus, go to your blog&#039;s dashboard and go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Appearance --&amp;gt; Menus.&#039;&#039;&#039; Wordpress provides a [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ tutorial] on how to customize the menu in various ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How not to Link==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Punctuation marks===&lt;br /&gt;
When highlighting a word or phrase to link, make sure to exclude all punctuation marks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[[Headers and Sub-headers| headlines and sub-headers]]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should stand on their own. It is both distracting and unnecessary to link the title to another page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Long phrases === &lt;br /&gt;
To put it simply, long, hyperlinked phrases do not get read. Whether the phrase is underlined or displayed in a darker color, it is difficult to read a full sentence that contains a hyperlink. Remember that users don&#039;t read, [http://litmuse.maconstate.edu/litwiki/index.php/Scan-ability they scan]. Stick with 1-2 words or the title of whatever you&#039;re referencing. [http://www.asdfsdfreresdferer.com/ If you&#039;re link looks anything like this, there&#039;s good change that you&#039;re doing it wrong. This link is much too long and leads to nothing.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Labels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlinks should not show up as labels that simply point to content. &amp;quot;Click here&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Additional information&amp;quot; is ambiguous and does not provide any useful information for the reader.[http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click here for more information about this common error!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Broken links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This concept is relatively self-explanatory, but it is nevertheless a common mistake. Be careful to check the destination of each link before publishing a post. Broken links frustrate the readers and can damage the credibility of the writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://kb.weebly.com/anchor-links.html Anchor Links]. &#039;&#039;Weebly&#039;&#039; Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Carroll, Brian. (2010). &#039;&#039;[http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]&#039;&#039;. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 3 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Help: Cheatsheet.] &#039;&#039;Wikipedia.&#039;&#039; 30 March 2013. Web. 3 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_links.asp HTML Links.] &#039;&#039;w3Schools&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Hunt, Ben. [http://www.webdesignfromscratch.com/usability/clear-hyperlinks/ Clear Web Hyperlinks] &#039;&#039;Web Design from Scratch&#039;&#039;. Web. 10 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, Thomas J. and Kaye, Barbara K. &amp;quot;Cruising is Believing?&amp;quot; Comparing Internet and Traditional Sources on Media Credibility Measures,&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;Journalism &amp;amp; Mass Communication Quarterly&#039;&#039;, 75,(1998): 325-40&lt;br /&gt;
# Kyrnin, Jennifer. [http://webdesign.about.com/od/beginningtutorials/qt/external-links.htm Why and How to Use External Links.] &#039;&#039;About.com&#039;&#039; Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Munroe, Lee. [http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/02/13/the-definitive-guide-to-styling-web-links/ The Definitive Guide To Styling Web Links.] &#039;&#039;Smashing Magazine&#039;&#039; 13 February, 2013. Web. 1 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://en.support.wordpress.com/menus/ Support: Custom Menus.] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039; Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Swift, Gary. [http://www.designmatrix.com/pl/cyberpl/www/clc.html Consistent Link Colors.] &#039;&#039;DesignMatriX&#039;&#039; 22 September, 2012. Web. 2 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# Thatcher, James. [http://jimthatcher.com/news-061607.htm Click Here and Other Link Text.] &#039;&#039;Jim Thatcher.&#039;&#039; 2 May 2011. Web. 3 April 2013.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Lists&amp;diff=12950</id>
		<title>Lists</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Lists&amp;diff=12950"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:52:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list is a number of connected items or names written or printed consecutively, typically one below the other. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Lists&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. According to Brian Carroll in &#039;&#039;Writing for Digital Media&#039;&#039;, lists are another way that web users can emphasize certain important information or to help readers follow a particular sequence. List can help to divide the text and highlight key points in a blogs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Guidelines For Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Blogging present all items consistently, and in almost every way, including approximate length, structure, phrasing, spacing, indentation, punctuation, cap styles and font. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Try to make each item in the list grammatically similar and that will also help to appeal to the intended audience visually.&lt;br /&gt;
*  Perhaps the most common problem or pitfall in creating lists is the inconsistency of grammar, verb tense and phrasing.&lt;br /&gt;
*  But, do not over punctuate a good general rule is to punctuate only with commas when the items in the list are not written in complete sentences; with semi-colons if they are complete sentences.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why Lists Work==&lt;br /&gt;
According to Muhammad Saleem, &amp;quot;Simply put, lists work because they conform to the idea of “Left-Brain Marketing”. Everyone has two sides of the brain, and each part controls a specific way of thinking. The left brain is analytical, and prefers a step-by-step approach (i.e. lists) while the right brain prefers to see the big picture first and then deal with the details later.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Saleem, Muhammad &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This type of thought process helps to create successfully, frequently visited blogs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Order of Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sequence of the list is important and it should be considered when you are presenting the elements in the list. In some cases you may want to number the parts of the lists in a way that makes the sequence clear such as with numbers , while in other cases that won&#039;t be necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to avoid when using Lists &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid overusing lists. &lt;br /&gt;
* Too many take away from the impact that the list will have on the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
* When and where possible, keep the list at approximately six to eight items. Higher lists can cause the reader to lose interest. Think about sub-dividing longer lists and consolidating shorter ones.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, p.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples of Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different examples of lists that can be used in blogging. Lists need to be relevant to the blog. So consider the content matter before attempting to list information. For example if displaying important information and you want to highlight certain dates a blogger can use chronological numbered lists: &lt;br /&gt;
* 1.) 01/01/2013&lt;br /&gt;
* 2.) 01/02/2013&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.) 01/03/2013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a blogger wants to highlight some information informally use a list that contains bullet points. Again lists can be marked in many different ways the key to creating a successful list is the content. Make sure that the highlighted information is important enough to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;References&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Carroll, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  29 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lists. Google.com. Google.com, 2012. Web. 03 Apr. 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#Saleem, Muhammad. (2007). [http://www.copyblogger.com/writing-lists/]. Retrieved 7 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/References&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=12949</id>
		<title>Headers and Sub-headers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Headers_and_Sub-headers&amp;diff=12949"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:51:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The header and sub header should always be used wisely, keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog and its design. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Headings and subheadings are a visual representation of how information is organized, and tells the reader what is in each section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scanability ===&lt;br /&gt;
Online readers are not very patient. A website has approximately three seconds to download properly and engage the viewer. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Carroll, Brian. Writing for digital media. Routledge, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Your headline is the first impression you make on a reader. Without a captivating header and sub header that will turn a browser into a reader, the rest of the content might be irrelevant.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &amp;lt;http://writingspaces.org/wwsg/page-titles-headlines-subheaders&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sub-headers will make blog posts more readable. They allow readers to get a quick idea on what subjects you’re tackling and allow them to skip to the topics the readers are interested in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Brevity === &lt;br /&gt;
Both the heading and subheading should be short and straight forward. Use clarity and not creativity. Subheadings should be explanatory, pulling key words from the post. This will allow the reader to have an idea of what is coming up ahead. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parallelism === &lt;br /&gt;
When crating headers and sub headers the text, font, and sizes should be consistent. Headers should have a bigger text than a sub header. Continue to use the same font throughout the header and sub header. If your first sub header is in italics, the next sub header should be italics as well. Headers should begin the same way.  If the first header starts with “The”, the rest of the headers should also begin with “The”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Carroll, Brian. Writing for digital media. Routledge, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishman, Hirsch. &amp;quot;10 Tips for Improving Your Titles and Sub-Headers.&amp;quot; Addicott Web RSS. N.p., 09 June 2009. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Headings &amp;amp; Subheadings.&amp;quot; Sophia. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Page Titles, Headlines, and Subheaders, OH MY!&amp;quot; Writing Spaces. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;What Is a Blog Header?&amp;quot; About.com Blogging. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=12948</id>
		<title>Categorizing Posts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Categorizing_Posts&amp;diff=12948"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:51:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A blog is organized and structured using categories and tags. Readers searching for information written on a broad topic will benefit more from categories. Those readers looking for a more specific topic will find tags to be more useful because they narrow down the information to a particular topic. Categories and tags will help readers navigate a blog&#039;s content easily to find the information they are looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Categories-Tags.jpg|thumb|right|alt Frontline.com]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories] give readers a broad overview of what kind of content a blog holds so that they can decide if that blog holds the right information for them. When choosing a category for a post, bloggers need to consider the readers that will visit their blog and what needs they might have. Bloggers must find the balance of being specific with a category so that the kind of information it holds is clear without being too broad. Readers must be able to look at categories within a blog and know right away if they are in the right place. One thing bloggers must be cautious about when choosing a category is that they have more than one post that can fit under that category. Displaying a single post within a category will give the readers the impression that the blogger does not know a lot about that subject. On the other hand a blogger doesn&#039;t want to make a category so strong and filled with too much information that it will need it&#039;s own blog site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tags ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tags are similar to [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ &amp;quot;keywords&amp;quot;] and help readers find a specific topic within a category. Tags help readers identify specific information within a particular post. Posts can have many tags which allow them to be categorized with other posts to make it easier for readers to navigate a blog. A tag name must be specific, for example if a blog post is about how to make home made pizza you would put it under a cooking category but one of the tags would be pizza. Readers can find the tag links under each post, by clicking on the tag links readers will be taken to an archive where every post related to that tag can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descriptive Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories should [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ describe] to readers what content they hold without a huge explanation of them. With each category a blogger creates they must keep in mind the over all focus of their blog and what their readers are looking for. Make it obvious what kind of posts a category holds. Bloggers have the difficult task of finding the happy medium between a category being too broad or too specific in their description. If the category is too specific it leaves the reader with less choices, if it is too broad it will make it difficult for a reader to find what they are looking for and they will move on. When bloggers are brainstorming about how to describe their categories they should keep in mind how it will appear in a search engine. A blogs categories and tags will help readers find the blog they are looking for when using search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Carroll, Brian. (2010). Writing for Digital Media. New York: Routledge. Retrieved 4 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. [http://lorelle.wordpress.com/2005/09/09/categories-versus-tags-whats-the-difference-and-which-one/ Categories versus Tags] Lorelle On WordPress Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. [http://wiredimpact.com/blog/making-blog-categories-more-useful/ Making Blog Categories More Useful] Wired Impact Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. [http://weblogs.about.com/od/partsofablog/qt/CategoriesOvrvw.htm/ An Overview of Blog categories] About.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. [http://frontlinecopy.com/2013/02/how-to-use-categories-tags-keywords-in-your-green-business-blog/ How to use categories, tags &amp;amp; keywords in your green business blog] Frontlinecopy.com Web. Retrieved 9 April 2013.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12947</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12947"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:50:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Blog_Writing_for_College_Students|Home]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Picking the [http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. This is an example of the step by step process of applying a theme to a popular blogging site. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For Wordpress sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] this is how you install a Blogger.com theme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open a new tab or window and go to Blogger.com.&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in to the website. If you are already logged in, look for this window:&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Manage layout link at the bottom. Now you should see your blog&#039;s template. Here you can move sidebar items (called widgets) and add new ones. However, your first task is changing your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu, choose edit HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you arrive at the Edit HTML page, it&#039;s a good idea to back up your existing template. Click the download full template link to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you made sure you&#039;ve got a backup of the old template on your hard drive, it&#039;s time to change your old template to a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the ZIP archive you downloaded from this website and unzip/unrar it.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the folder contained in the archive, there are three files: license.txt, readme.txt and themename.xml. For instance, if you downloaded the Granddaddy deluxe theme, the .xml file will be named grandaddydeluxe.xml or something similar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have 2 options. Either open the .xml file in a plain text editor (like Notepad on Windows) and copy paste the contents to the edit template field. Or, use the restore template function to upload your new template. This seems illogical, but it&#039;s the easiest way to add a new theme. Click the browse button and find the .xml file on your hard drive. Hit the upload button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Save your theme to the blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar to others found on different blogging sites. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12946</id>
		<title>Themes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Themes&amp;diff=12946"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:47:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;According to [http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ Digital Business Consultancy], &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right.&amp;quot; &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Digital Business Consultancy&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
===How to pick a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Picking the [http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ perfect theme] for a blog is vital to the future success of that blog. A blogger must consider the way a theme will appear in a search engine. Keeping search engine optimization in mind when picking a theme will give web users a better first impression of that blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing a blogger should consider when choosing a theme is the focus of the blog. For example if a blogger is working on a &amp;quot;How to&amp;quot; blog then they will want to pick a blog that is compatible with uploading pictures or video, a good example of a compatible theme for this kind of blog is a [http://www.cssigniter.com/ignite/themes/molly/ Molly Blog WP theme]. If a blogger is looking for a theme that will support a lot of text then a [http://www.elegantthemes.com/gallery/dailyjournal/ Daily journal WP theme] would be ideal because it adapts to any screen&#039;s size making it more scan-able and easy to read on any device. Picking a simple yet compatible theme is recommended for easy use in updating and to ensure that it will work with multiple browsers. Functionality is the key. Busy themes might look good, but they are hard to modify and not always compatible with every browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom theme is recommended if you want a little more design while still maintaining functionality. A free theme with a simple and professional looking design which can be easily modified is best when picking a theme, just be aware of the terms of service. Picking a free theme has its advantages but if its support a blogger is looking for then picking a commercial theme will give the support they are looking for with just a one-time fee involved. The main points to keep in mind when choosing a theme for your topic are, search engine optimization, compatibility with your industry or business, and functionality. Keeping these in mind will help any blogger pick a theme that is right for their topic to provide a successful starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2013-04-24 at 5.19.28 PM.png|thumb|upright=2.6|Theme details display specs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Widgets====&lt;br /&gt;
Many, but not all, Wordpress themes allow for the use of widgets. All themes do not offer the same amount of widget space on a blog page. Depending on the nature of a blog, this can be problematic. When browsing through, read the details of themes that fit the style of your blog. Check that widgets are supported, how many are available, and where they may be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color &amp;amp; Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Some themes offer the option of changing the color of various elements of the blog including the font and background. In some cases this may include changes in color palette. The ability to edit custom colors will be listed under &amp;quot;features&amp;quot; in the theme details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Menus====&lt;br /&gt;
Bloggers generally have two options for adding menus to a blog site. Some themes come with menus set in specific areas by default. If this is not an option, many themes support the creation of custom menus. This information is generally included in the [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/bonpress/ theme details]. To create a custom menu or check for menu support, got Appearance -&amp;gt; Menus and make the desired changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Browser compatibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Many bloggers make the assumption that because a blog theme works well on one browser, it will work the same on all browsers. This assumption can be dangerous. When searching for a theme, pay attention to the browser compatibility and mobile support. Wordpress provides several [http://theme.wordpress.com/themes/features/responsive-width/ &amp;quot;mobile themes&amp;quot;] that are specifically smartphone-ready. Additionally, many themes offer the option of enabling or disabling mobile themes on your site if the theme is mobile friendly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mobile Themes Support&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where to get a theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Themes for word press can be found on the word press site itself or from outside sources. With websites such as [http://www.rockettheme.com/wordpress-themes RocketTheme],[http://www.woothemes.com/  WooTheme] and [http://smthemes.com/ SMThemes] , finding a theme to fit your desired look is not a problem.  They all provide both premium and free themes. Premium themes may differ in price based upon the specs and any special widgets that can be added. If you are unwilling to pay for a theme there are multiple themes that are free that will create the same great look as a premium theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to apply the theme===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a blogger has picked a theme for the blog, the theme must be applied. Depending on the parent website a blogger is using to create and edit their content the application process can vary.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different sites a blogger can chose from to create a blog and apply a theme. This is an example of the step by step process of applying a theme to a popular blogging site. [[File: wpll.jpg|thumb|upright=2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For Wordpress sites, applying a theme is very simple. On the dashboard of your blog, go to Appearance -&amp;gt; Themes. &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen a theme, click &amp;quot;activate,&amp;quot; and the theme will be applied to your blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
According to [http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] this is how you install a Blogger.com theme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open a new tab or window and go to Blogger.com.&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in to the website. If you are already logged in, look for this window:&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Manage layout link at the bottom. Now you should see your blog&#039;s template. Here you can move sidebar items (called widgets) and add new ones. However, your first task is changing your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu, choose edit HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you arrive at the Edit HTML page, it&#039;s a good idea to back up your existing template. Click the download full template link to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you made sure you&#039;ve got a backup of the old template on your hard drive, it&#039;s time to change your old template to a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the ZIP archive you downloaded from this website and unzip/unrar it.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the folder contained in the archive, there are three files: license.txt, readme.txt and themename.xml. For instance, if you downloaded the Granddaddy deluxe theme, the .xml file will be named grandaddydeluxe.xml or something similar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have 2 options. Either open the .xml file in a plain text editor (like Notepad on Windows) and copy paste the contents to the edit template field. Or, use the restore template function to upload your new template. This seems illogical, but it&#039;s the easiest way to add a new theme. Click the browse button and find the .xml file on your hard drive. Hit the upload button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Save your theme to the blog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is similar to others found on different blogging sites. Most websites have a detailed step by step process for applying the theme correctly, and formatting it to fit a bloggers desired needs. Be sure to preview the finished blog once the theme has been applied to catch any potential issues with the theme before publishing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.wpbeginner.com/wp-themes/selecting-the-perfect-theme-for-wordpress/ Selecting the Perfect Theme for WordPress] &#039;&#039;wpbeginner web.&#039;&#039; 25 March 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://bloggingwordpress.net/2013/02/wordpress-blog-themes.html/ 20+ Simple WordPress Blog Themes for Personal] &#039;&#039;W Blogging web&#039;&#039;. 19 Feb. 2013. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://theme.wordpress.com/ Wordpress Themes for Blogs] &#039;&#039;Wordpress&#039;&#039;. Web. 29 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.free-themes.org/installing-themes/installing-a-blogger-theme Free-Themes.org] &#039;&#039;Free-Themes.org&#039;&#039;. Web. 27 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.siteground.com/tutorials/wordpress/install_themes.htm How to Install Themes on Wordpress]. &#039;&#039;Site Ground&#039;&#039;. Web. 1 May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lists|Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Links|Links]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12945</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12945"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:32:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Organization (Group Leader Nadine Epperson) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Digital Business Consultancy, &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12944</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12944"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:32:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Themes Group entry */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization (Group Leader Nadine Epperson)==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Digital Business Consultancy, &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12943</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12943"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:30:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Links by Nadine Epperson */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization (Group Leader Nadine Epperson)==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Digital Business Consultancy, &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]]===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12942</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12942"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:30:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Lists by Tiory Clark */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization (Group Leader Nadine Epperson)==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Digital Business Consultancy, &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]] by Nadine Epperson===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12941</id>
		<title>Blog Writing for College Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://litwiki.org/index.php?title=Blog_Writing_for_College_Students&amp;diff=12941"/>
		<updated>2013-05-01T19:28:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;NadineEpperson: /* Headers and Sub-headers by Chrissonia McCall */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Focus==&lt;br /&gt;
The planning stage of creating a blog begins by developing a focus. Developing a focus involves [[narrowcasting]]. Important aspects of narrowcasting include choosing a topic, researching, setting [[participation]] standards, and identifying a target [[audience]]. By choosing a focused topic, researching to establish authority, developing relevant means of participation for the interactive needs of the audience, and knowing the targeted audience the college student will be prepared to create blog content within a platform that will be most engaging. The best blogs are highly specific&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Carrol, 163&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Devoting time to developing focus strengthens a blog&#039;s chance at thriving in the digital world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Narrowcasting|Narrowcasting]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrowcasting for blog writing involves aiming the focus of the blog to a highly specific audience. A blog&#039;s audience is inherently fragmented. To reach an audience effectively requires providing in-depth information and perspectives on very specific topics to attain and retain a niche audience. Understanding the importance of narrowcasting and how to implement these conventions will benefit the college blogger. By understanding the importance of structuring a blog around narrowcasting conventions, the college blogger will be well-prepared to succeed and reach their target audience within the the digital literary landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Choosing Your Topic|Choosing Your Topic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing a focused topic is essential to the success of the overall blog. A topic expresses one essential idea within writing and unifies each successive post. At first, a specific topic may seem to confine creativity, but focusing the topic actually provides endless creative possibilities. A focused topic encourages the audience to engage more actively and interact as a part of a blog community, ultimately enhancing the popularity of the blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Research Methods|Research Methods]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Research is the process of gathering information, evaluating it, and applying it to a question or problem. When writing for digital media, research allows writers to narrow their focus. Having a narrow focus makes a blog more interesting and the writer an expert on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Participation|Participation]]===&lt;br /&gt;
When starting a blog, it is important the blog author knows how to encourage participation with not only other bloggers, but the readers. Participation is more than just writing in a clean and concise manner. Blog authors must understand that a blog does not operate in a vacuum, but instead is a piece of a vast branching network. Blogrolls, share buttons, and enabling comments are a few ways to increase participation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Audience|Audience]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating content for a blog, it is important, first, to identify the audience. The blog author should define the target audience, research the target audience, and understand the conventions expected in terms of language, design, and credibility before creating content. In this way, the author will be able to build toward an interactive community based on shared points of view and relevancy in order to engage the targeted reader with pertinent information and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organization (Group Leader Nadine Epperson)==&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain readership of a blog, a writer must create an organized space. Quality content can easily be overlooked on a cluttered, inconsistent page. Organization includes the overall structure of the site as well as the individual posts. There are several things that contribute to this consistency.[[Categorizing Posts | Categories and tags]] aid in narrowing the focus of each post within the blog. [[Headers and Sub-headers | Headers and sub-headers]] should give the reader a clear indication of what is contained in each section.  By using [[Lists | lists]], digital media writers can highlight important content, break up posts, and guide readers through a sequence of information. [[Links | Links]] connect the page to other sites on the internet and offer access to other portions of the blog. All of these elements support the structure of an organized, consistent environment for content.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Themes|Themes]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Digital Business Consultancy, &amp;quot;A theme will form a big part of how your blog looks, it’s important to get it right&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&amp;quot; Picking a theme is not just about what is seen on the surface. When picking a theme, bloggers should be aware of all their options. After choosing a theme that fits the focus and desired layout of your blog, there are several attributes to consider within the theme. After considering all the options and making an informed decision, the application process is simple and straight-forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Categorizing Posts|Categorizing Posts]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categorizing a post is vital to the structure and organization of a blog. Categories help readers quickly identify the content of a blog. Tags provide specific information while grouping together like posts. Together categories and tags make it easier for readers to navigate the information within a blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Headers and Sub-headers|Headers and Sub-headers]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Headers and sub-headers are an important part of blogging used to organize content. Keeping in mind the goals and vision of the blog, headers and sub-headers help readers find specific information in a short amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Lists|Lists]] by Tiory Clark===&lt;br /&gt;
While developing a blog, lists can be used to not only emphasize subjects, but highlight important texts. It is imperative that the blog remain focused on its subject and has clarity. Lists help a reader to navigate the posts successfully and easily. Lists can also be detrimental to a blog if overused or incorrectly formatted. In digital Media a mistake like that can costs readers and credibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Links|Links]] by Nadine Epperson===&lt;br /&gt;
No page on the internet stands alone. The connection of sites on the internet is what makes the web interactive. Links play a vital role in maintaining this interactivity. By connecting to other areas of the internet, readers are given access to an unlimited pool of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Style==&lt;br /&gt;
After choosing a well-researched and focused topic and organizing the aesthetic and technical aspects of running a blog, blog writers must develop a consistent style for writing for digital media.  It is crucial to keep in mind that online writing is an entirely different world separate from print. With the freedom digital media allows writers, there are also certain responsibilities that must be maintained in order for a blog to be effective at appealing to readers. Though writing for digital media encompasses writing techniques that are useful in print media (like following the [[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]] and [[proofreading|proofreading]] your posts), there are also key differences. Blogs must be [[Scan-ability|scannable]], because digital readers do not like to have to read without direction. While writing for a blog, less is typically more and [[brevity | brevity]] is admired. Following these writing techniques will help lead to the development of a credible an appealing blog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Foundational Writing Skills|Foundational Writing Skills]] Group entry===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Scan-ability|Scan-ability]]===&lt;br /&gt;
If digital writing is not scannable, many times it will not be read. Writers of digital media must pay special attention to scan-ability because readers of digital writing are known to be easily distracted, impatient, and unwilling to read huge blocks of text. Digital writers must understand and utilize different properties of text, visuals, multimedia, and linking to maximize scan-ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Brevity|Brevity]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is critical for meaningful writing. By forcing the writer to be intentional with their words and always being brief, precise, and direct a writer is less likely to ramble and lose the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Inverted Pyramid|Inverted Pyramid]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College student bloggers should familiarize themselves with the inverted pyramid. This design for news and information delivery via the web will help new bloggers quickly achieve [[brevity]] while communicating in a concise way. The inverted pyramid is important to the retention of a blog&#039;s audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proofreading|Proofreading]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreading is essential for all writing. It requires reviewing and revising mistakes for a flawless and error free document. Proofreading for mistakes gives creditability to your document and will not distract readers with mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
#Carrol, Brian. (2010). [http://www.scribd.com/doc/64429015/Writing-for-Digital-Media Writing for Digital Media]. New York: Routledge. Retrieved  14 March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://digitalbusinessconsultancy.com/what-to-look-for-in-a-wordpress-theme/ What to Look For in a Wordpress Theme] &#039;&#039;Digital Business Consultancy&#039;&#039;. 31 Jan. 2013 Web. 25 April 2013&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Media]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>NadineEpperson</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>